Sema.h revision 1f2e1a96bec2ba6418ae7f2d2b525a3575203b6a
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 31#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 32#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 33#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 34#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 38#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 45#include <deque> 46#include <string> 47 48namespace llvm { 49 class APSInt; 50 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 51 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 52 class SmallBitVector; 53} 54 55namespace clang { 56 class ADLResult; 57 class ASTConsumer; 58 class ASTContext; 59 class ASTMutationListener; 60 class ASTReader; 61 class ASTWriter; 62 class ArrayType; 63 class AttributeList; 64 class BlockDecl; 65 class CXXBasePath; 66 class CXXBasePaths; 67 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 68 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 69 class CXXConstructorDecl; 70 class CXXConversionDecl; 71 class CXXDestructorDecl; 72 class CXXFieldCollector; 73 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 74 class CXXMethodDecl; 75 class CXXScopeSpec; 76 class CXXTemporary; 77 class CXXTryStmt; 78 class CallExpr; 79 class ClassTemplateDecl; 80 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 81 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 82 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 83 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 84 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 85 class CodeCompletionResult; 86 class Decl; 87 class DeclAccessPair; 88 class DeclContext; 89 class DeclRefExpr; 90 class DeclaratorDecl; 91 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 92 class DependentDiagnostic; 93 class DesignatedInitExpr; 94 class Designation; 95 class EnumConstantDecl; 96 class Expr; 97 class ExtVectorType; 98 class ExternalSemaSource; 99 class FormatAttr; 100 class FriendDecl; 101 class FunctionDecl; 102 class FunctionProtoType; 103 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 104 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 105 class InitListExpr; 106 class InitializationKind; 107 class InitializationSequence; 108 class InitializedEntity; 109 class IntegerLiteral; 110 class LabelStmt; 111 class LambdaExpr; 112 class LangOptions; 113 class LocalInstantiationScope; 114 class LookupResult; 115 class MacroInfo; 116 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 117 class NamedDecl; 118 class NonNullAttr; 119 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 120 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 121 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 122 class ObjCContainerDecl; 123 class ObjCImplDecl; 124 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 125 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 126 class ObjCIvarDecl; 127 template <class T> class ObjCList; 128 class ObjCMessageExpr; 129 class ObjCMethodDecl; 130 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 131 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 132 class OverloadCandidateSet; 133 class OverloadExpr; 134 class ParenListExpr; 135 class ParmVarDecl; 136 class Preprocessor; 137 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 138 class PseudoObjectExpr; 139 class QualType; 140 class StandardConversionSequence; 141 class Stmt; 142 class StringLiteral; 143 class SwitchStmt; 144 class TargetAttributesSema; 145 class TemplateArgument; 146 class TemplateArgumentList; 147 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 148 class TemplateDecl; 149 class TemplateParameterList; 150 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 151 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 152 class Token; 153 class TypeAliasDecl; 154 class TypedefDecl; 155 class TypedefNameDecl; 156 class TypeLoc; 157 class UnqualifiedId; 158 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 159 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 160 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 161 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 162 class UsingDecl; 163 class UsingShadowDecl; 164 class ValueDecl; 165 class VarDecl; 166 class VisibilityAttr; 167 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 168 class IndirectFieldDecl; 169 170namespace sema { 171 class AccessedEntity; 172 class BlockScopeInfo; 173 class CapturingScopeInfo; 174 class CompoundScopeInfo; 175 class DelayedDiagnostic; 176 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 177 class FunctionScopeInfo; 178 class LambdaScopeInfo; 179 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 180 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 181} 182 183// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 184// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 185typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 186 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 187 188/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 189class Sema { 190 Sema(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 191 void operator=(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 192 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 193public: 194 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 195 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 196 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 197 198 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 199 FPOptions FPFeatures; 200 201 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 202 Preprocessor &PP; 203 ASTContext &Context; 204 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 205 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 206 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 207 208 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 209 bool CollectStats; 210 211 /// \brief Source of additional semantic information. 212 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 213 214 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 215 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 216 217 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 218 DeclContext *CurContext; 219 220 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 221 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 222 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 223 224 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 225 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 226 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 227 228 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 229 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 230 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 231 232 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 233 234 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 235 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 236 237 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 238 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 239 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 240 241 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 242 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 243 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 244 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 245 246 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 247 248 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 249 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 250 /// 251 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 252 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 253 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 254 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 255 256 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 257 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 258 ExtVectorDeclsType; 259 260 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 261 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 262 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 263 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 264 265 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 266 /// definitions being hidden. 267 /// 268 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 269 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 270 271 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 272 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 273 274 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 275 276 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 277 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 278 279 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 280 281 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 282 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 283 /// same list more than once. 284 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 285 286 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 287 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 288 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 289 290 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 291 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 292 /// 293 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 294 /// scoped, e.g., 295 /// 296 /// \code 297 /// void f() { 298 /// void foo(int, int); 299 /// } 300 /// \endcode 301 /// 302 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 303 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 304 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 305 /// 306 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 307 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 308 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 309 /// compatibility. 310 /// 311 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 312 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 313 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 314 /// not visible. 315 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 316 317 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 318 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 319 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 320 321 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 322 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 323 TentativeDefinitionsType; 324 325 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 326 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 327 328 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 329 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 330 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 331 332 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 333 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 334 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 335 336 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 337 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 338 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 339 340 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 341 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 342 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 343 344 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 345 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 346 /// exception spec. 347 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 348 349 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 350 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 351 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 352 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 353 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 354 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 355 356 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 357 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 358 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 359 void *OpaqueParser; 360 361 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 362 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 363 OpaqueParser = P; 364 } 365 366 class DelayedDiagnostics; 367 368 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 369 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 370 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 371 }; 372 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 373 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 374 375 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 376 /// during parsing and other processing. 377 class DelayedDiagnostics { 378 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 379 /// diagnostics should go. 380 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 381 382 public: 383 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 384 385 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 386 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 387 388 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 389 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 390 391 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 392 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 393 return CurPool; 394 } 395 396 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 397 /// collected in this pool. 398 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 399 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 400 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 401 CurPool = &pool; 402 return state; 403 } 404 405 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 406 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 407 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 408 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 409 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 410 } 411 412 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 413 /// not delayed. 414 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 415 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 416 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 417 CurPool = 0; 418 return state; 419 } 420 421 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 422 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 423 assert(CurPool == NULL); 424 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 425 } 426 } DelayedDiagnostics; 427 428 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 429 class ContextRAII { 430 private: 431 Sema &S; 432 DeclContext *SavedContext; 433 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 434 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 435 436 public: 437 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 438 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 439 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 440 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 441 { 442 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 443 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 444 } 445 446 void pop() { 447 if (!SavedContext) return; 448 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 449 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 450 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 451 SavedContext = 0; 452 } 453 454 ~ContextRAII() { 455 pop(); 456 } 457 }; 458 459 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 460 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 461 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 462 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 463 464 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 465 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 466 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 467 /// in the currently selected standard. 468 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 469 470 471 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 472 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 473 474 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 475 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 476 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 477 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 478 /// It would be best to refactor this. 479 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 480 481 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 482 483 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 484 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 485 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 486 Scope *TUScope; 487 488 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 489 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 490 491 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 492 /// standard library. 493 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 494 495 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 496 /// \<initializer_list>. 497 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 498 499 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 500 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 501 502 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 503 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 504 505 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 506 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 507 508 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 509 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 510 511 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 512 QualType NSNumberPointer; 513 514 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 515 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 516 517 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 518 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 519 520 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 521 QualType NSStringPointer; 522 523 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 524 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 525 526 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 527 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 528 529 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 530 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 531 532 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 533 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 534 535 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 536 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 537 538 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 539 QualType QIDNSCopying; 540 541 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 542 /// have been declared. 543 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 544 545 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 546 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 547 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 548 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 549 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 550 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 551 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 552 /// run time. 553 Unevaluated, 554 555 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 556 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 557 /// cases in a switch statment). 558 ConstantEvaluated, 559 560 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 561 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 562 /// expression at run time. 563 PotentiallyEvaluated, 564 565 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 566 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 567 /// in fact the current expression is used. 568 /// 569 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 570 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 571 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 572 /// until the default argument is used. 573 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 574 }; 575 576 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 577 /// expression evaluation contexts. 578 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 579 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 580 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 581 582 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 583 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 584 585 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 586 bool IsDecltype; 587 588 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 589 /// this expression evaluation context. 590 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 591 592 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 593 594 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 595 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 596 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 597 598 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 599 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 600 /// default function argument. 601 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 602 603 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 604 /// within this context. 605 /// 606 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 607 /// do not have lambda expressions. 608 LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle; 609 610 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 611 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 612 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 613 614 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 615 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 616 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 617 618 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 619 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 620 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 621 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 622 bool IsDecltype) 623 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 624 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 625 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 626 627 ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() { 628 delete LambdaMangle; 629 } 630 631 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 632 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 633 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 634 if (!LambdaMangle) 635 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 636 return *LambdaMangle; 637 } 638 }; 639 640 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 641 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 642 643 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 644 /// function. 645 /// 646 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 647 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 648 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 649 public: 650 enum Kind { 651 NoMemberOrDeleted, 652 Ambiguous, 653 Success 654 }; 655 656 private: 657 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 658 659 public: 660 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 661 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 662 {} 663 664 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 665 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 666 667 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 668 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 669 }; 670 671 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 672 /// for C++ records. 673 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 674 675 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 676 /// 677 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 678 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 679 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 680 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 681 /// checks. 682 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 683 684 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 685 686 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 687 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 688 689 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 690 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 691 692 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 693 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 694 /// 695 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 696 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 697 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 698 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 699 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 700 701 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 702 // argument locations. 703 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 704 705 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 706 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 707 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 708 709 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 710 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 711 712 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 713 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 714 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 715 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 716 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 717 718 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 719 /// of -Wselector. 720 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 721 722 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 723 724 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 725 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 726 727 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 728 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 729 /// should not be used elsewhere. 730 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 731 732public: 733 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 734 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 735 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 736 ~Sema(); 737 738 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 739 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 740 void Initialize(); 741 742 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 743 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 744 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 745 746 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 747 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 748 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 749 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 750 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 751 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 752 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 753 754 void PrintStats() const; 755 756 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 757 /// template instantiation stacks. 758 /// 759 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 760 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 761 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 762 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 763 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 764 /// well. 765 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 766 Sema &SemaRef; 767 unsigned DiagID; 768 769 public: 770 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 771 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 772 773 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 774 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 775 if (!isActive()) return; 776 777 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 778 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 779 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 780 // 781 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 782 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 783 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 784 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 785 // eliminate that code. 786 FlushCounts(); 787 Clear(); 788 789 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 790 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 791 } 792 }; 793 794 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 795 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 796 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 797 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 798 } 799 800 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 801 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 802 803 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 804 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 805 806 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 807 808 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 809 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 810 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 811 812 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 813 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 814 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 815 816 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 817 818 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 819 820 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 821 822 void PushFunctionScope(); 823 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 824 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 825 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 826 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 827 828 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 829 return FunctionScopes.back(); 830 } 831 832 void PushCompoundScope(); 833 void PopCompoundScope(); 834 835 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 836 837 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 838 839 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 840 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 841 842 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 843 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 844 845 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 846 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 847 848 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 849 850 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 851 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 852 // 853 854 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 855 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 856 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 857 } 858 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 859 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 860 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 861 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 862 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 863 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 864 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 865 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 866 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 867 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 868 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 869 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 870 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 871 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 872 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 873 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 874 SourceLocation Loc, 875 DeclarationName Entity); 876 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 877 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 878 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 879 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 880 881 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 882 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 883 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 884 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 885 886 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 887 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 888 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 889 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 890 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 891 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 892 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 893 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 894 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range); 895 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 896 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 897 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 898 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 899 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 900 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 901 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 902 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 903 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 904 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 905 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 906 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 907 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 908 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 909 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 910 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 911 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 912 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 913 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 914 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 915 916 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 917 918 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 919 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 920 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 921 922 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 923 struct TypeDiagnoser { 924 bool Suppressed; 925 926 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 927 928 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 929 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 930 }; 931 932 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 933 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 934 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 935 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 936 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 937 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 938 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 939 return II; 940 } 941 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 942 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 943 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 944 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 945 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 946 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 947 948 template<typename T1> 949 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 950 unsigned DiagID; 951 const T1 &Arg1; 952 953 public: 954 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 955 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 956 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 957 if (Suppressed) return; 958 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 959 } 960 961 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 962 }; 963 964 template<typename T1, typename T2> 965 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 966 unsigned DiagID; 967 const T1 &Arg1; 968 const T2 &Arg2; 969 970 public: 971 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 972 const T2 &Arg2) 973 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 974 Arg2(Arg2) { } 975 976 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 977 if (Suppressed) return; 978 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 979 } 980 981 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 982 }; 983 984 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 985 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 986 unsigned DiagID; 987 const T1 &Arg1; 988 const T2 &Arg2; 989 const T3 &Arg3; 990 991 public: 992 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 993 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 994 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 995 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 996 997 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 998 if (Suppressed) return; 999 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1000 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1001 } 1002 1003 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1004 }; 1005 1006 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1007 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1008 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1009 unsigned DiagID); 1010 1011 template<typename T1> 1012 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1013 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1014 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1015 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1016 } 1017 1018 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1019 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1020 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1021 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1022 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1023 } 1024 1025 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1026 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1027 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1028 const T3 &Arg3) { 1029 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1030 Arg3); 1031 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1032 } 1033 1034 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1035 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1036 1037 template<typename T1> 1038 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1039 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1040 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1041 } 1042 1043 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1044 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1045 const T2 &Arg2) { 1046 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1047 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1048 } 1049 1050 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1051 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1052 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1053 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1054 Arg3); 1055 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1056 } 1057 1058 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1059 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1060 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1061 1062 template<typename T1> 1063 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1064 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1065 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1066 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1067 } 1068 1069 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1070 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1071 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1072 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1073 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1074 } 1075 1076 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1077 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1078 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1079 const T3 &Arg3) { 1080 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1081 Arg3); 1082 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1083 } 1084 1085 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1086 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1087 1088 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1089 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1090 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1091 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1092 SourceLocation Loc); 1093 1094 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1095 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1096 // 1097 1098 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1099 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1100 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1101 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1102 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1103 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1104 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1105 /// such as: 1106 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1107 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1108 1109 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1110 1111 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1112 1113 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1114 1115 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1116 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1117 bool isClassName = false, 1118 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1119 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1120 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1121 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1122 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1123 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1124 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1125 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1126 SourceLocation IILoc, 1127 Scope *S, 1128 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1129 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1130 1131 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1132 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1133 enum NameClassificationKind { 1134 NC_Unknown, 1135 NC_Error, 1136 NC_Keyword, 1137 NC_Type, 1138 NC_Expression, 1139 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1140 NC_TypeTemplate, 1141 NC_FunctionTemplate 1142 }; 1143 1144 class NameClassification { 1145 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1146 ExprResult Expr; 1147 TemplateName Template; 1148 ParsedType Type; 1149 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1150 1151 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1152 1153 public: 1154 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1155 1156 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1157 1158 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1159 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1160 1161 static NameClassification Error() { 1162 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1163 } 1164 1165 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1166 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1167 } 1168 1169 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1170 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1171 } 1172 1173 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1174 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1175 Result.Template = Name; 1176 return Result; 1177 } 1178 1179 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1180 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1181 Result.Template = Name; 1182 return Result; 1183 } 1184 1185 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1186 1187 ParsedType getType() const { 1188 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1189 return Type; 1190 } 1191 1192 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1193 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1194 return Expr; 1195 } 1196 1197 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1198 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1199 return Template; 1200 } 1201 1202 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1203 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1204 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1205 } 1206}; 1207 1208 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1209 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1210 /// 1211 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1212 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1213 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1214 /// 1215 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1216 /// 1217 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1218 /// 1219 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1220 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1221 /// 1222 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1223 /// 1224 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1225 /// disambiguate the name. 1226 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1227 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1228 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1229 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1230 const Token &NextToken); 1231 1232 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1233 1234 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1235 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1236 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1237 const LookupResult &Previous, 1238 Scope *S); 1239 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1240 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1241 DeclarationName Name, 1242 SourceLocation Loc); 1243 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1244 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1245 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1246 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1247 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1248 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1249 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1250 LookupResult &Previous); 1251 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1252 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1253 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1254 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1255 LookupResult &Previous, 1256 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1257 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1258 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1259 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1260 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1261 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1262 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1263 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1264 LookupResult &Previous, 1265 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1266 bool &AddToScope); 1267 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1268 1269 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1270 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1271 1272 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1273 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1274 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1275 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1276 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1277 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1278 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1279 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1280 SourceLocation Loc, 1281 QualType T); 1282 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1283 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1284 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1285 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1286 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1287 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1288 Expr *defarg); 1289 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1290 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1291 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1292 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1293 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1294 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1295 1296 void CheckSelfReference(Decl *OrigDecl, Expr *E); 1297 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1298 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1299 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1300 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1301 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1302 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1303 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1304 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1305 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1306 Decl **Group, 1307 unsigned NumDecls); 1308 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1309 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1310 1311 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1312 /// documentation comments. 1313 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1314 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1315 1316 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1317 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1318 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1319 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1320 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1321 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1322 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1323 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1324 } 1325 1326 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1327 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1328 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1329 1330 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1331 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1332 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1333 1334 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1335 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1336 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1337 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1338 1339 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1340 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1341 /// specified threshold. 1342 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1343 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1344 QualType ReturnTy, 1345 NamedDecl *D); 1346 1347 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1348 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1349 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1350 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1351 1352 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1353 /// 1354 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1355 /// 1356 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1357 /// 1358 /// \param Path The module access path. 1359 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1360 ModuleIdPath Path); 1361 1362 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1363 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1364 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1365 } 1366 1367 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1368 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1369 const Preprocessor &PP); 1370 1371 /// Scope actions. 1372 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1373 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1374 1375 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1376 DeclSpec &DS); 1377 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1378 DeclSpec &DS, 1379 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1380 1381 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1382 AccessSpecifier AS, 1383 RecordDecl *Record); 1384 1385 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1386 RecordDecl *Record); 1387 1388 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1389 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1390 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1391 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1392 1393 enum TagUseKind { 1394 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1395 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1396 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1397 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1398 }; 1399 1400 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1401 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1402 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1403 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1404 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1405 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1406 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1407 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1408 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1409 1410 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1411 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1412 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1413 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1414 AttributeList *Attr, 1415 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1416 1417 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1418 unsigned TagSpec, 1419 TagUseKind TUK, 1420 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1421 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1422 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1423 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1424 1425 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1426 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1427 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1428 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1429 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1430 1431 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1432 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1433 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1434 AccessSpecifier AS); 1435 1436 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1437 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1438 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1439 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1440 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1441 SourceLocation TSSL, 1442 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1443 Declarator *D = 0); 1444 1445 enum CXXSpecialMember { 1446 CXXDefaultConstructor, 1447 CXXCopyConstructor, 1448 CXXMoveConstructor, 1449 CXXCopyAssignment, 1450 CXXMoveAssignment, 1451 CXXDestructor, 1452 CXXInvalid 1453 }; 1454 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1455 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1456 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1457 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1458 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1459 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1460 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1461 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1462 1463 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1464 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1465 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1466 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1467 AttributeList *AttrList); 1468 1469 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1470 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1471 /// struct, or union). 1472 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1473 1474 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1475 1476 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1477 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1478 /// member declarations. 1479 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1480 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1481 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1482 1483 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1484 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1485 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1486 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1487 1488 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1489 1490 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1491 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1492 /// 1493 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1494 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1495 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1496 1497 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1498 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1499 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1500 1501 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1502 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1503 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1504 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1505 Expr *val); 1506 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1507 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1508 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1509 1510 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1511 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1512 AttributeList *Attrs, 1513 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1514 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1515 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1516 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1517 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1518 1519 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1520 1521 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1522 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1523 void PopDeclContext(); 1524 1525 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1526 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1527 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1528 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1529 1530 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1531 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1532 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1533 1534 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1535 1536 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1537 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1538 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1539 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1540 1541 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1542 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1543 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1544 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1545 1546 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1547 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1548 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1549 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1550 1551 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1552 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1553 1554 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1555 /// top level scope. 1556 /// 1557 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1558 /// 1559 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1560 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1561 1562 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1563 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1564 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1565 /// 1566 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1567 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1568 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1569 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1570 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1571 1572 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1573 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1574 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1575 1576 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1577 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1578 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1579 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1580 1581 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1582 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1583 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1584 VersionTuple Introduced, 1585 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1586 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1587 bool IsUnavailable, 1588 StringRef Message); 1589 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1590 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1591 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1592 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1593 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1594 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1595 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1596 bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1597 1598 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1599 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1600 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1601 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1602 Scope *S); 1603 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1604 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1605 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1606 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1607 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1608 1609 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1610 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1611 enum AssignmentAction { 1612 AA_Assigning, 1613 AA_Passing, 1614 AA_Returning, 1615 AA_Converting, 1616 AA_Initializing, 1617 AA_Sending, 1618 AA_Casting 1619 }; 1620 1621 /// C++ Overloading. 1622 enum OverloadKind { 1623 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1624 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1625 Ovl_Overload, 1626 1627 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1628 /// an existing declaration. 1629 Ovl_Match, 1630 1631 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1632 /// non-function. 1633 Ovl_NonFunction 1634 }; 1635 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1636 FunctionDecl *New, 1637 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1638 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1639 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1640 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1641 1642 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1643 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1644 /// 1645 /// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1646 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1647 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1648 1649 ImplicitConversionSequence 1650 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1651 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1652 bool AllowExplicit, 1653 bool InOverloadResolution, 1654 bool CStyle, 1655 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1656 1657 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1658 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1659 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1660 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1661 bool InOverloadResolution, 1662 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1663 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1664 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1665 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1666 QualType &ConvertedType); 1667 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1668 QualType& ConvertedType); 1669 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1670 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1671 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1672 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1673 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1674 1675 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1676 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1677 CastKind &Kind, 1678 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1679 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1680 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1681 bool InOverloadResolution, 1682 QualType &ConvertedType); 1683 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1684 CastKind &Kind, 1685 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1686 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1687 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1688 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1689 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1690 QualType &ResultTy); 1691 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1692 1693 1694 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1695 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1696 QualType ResultType, 1697 Expr *Value, 1698 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1699 1700 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1701 ExprResult Init); 1702 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1703 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1704 ExprResult Init, 1705 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1706 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1707 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1708 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1709 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1710 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1711 1712 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1713 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1714 1715 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1716 enum CCEKind { 1717 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1718 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1719 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1720 }; 1721 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1722 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1723 1724 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1725 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1726 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1727 public: 1728 bool Suppress; 1729 bool SuppressConversion; 1730 1731 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1732 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1733 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1734 1735 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1736 /// integral or enumeration type. 1737 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1738 QualType T) = 0; 1739 1740 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1741 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1742 QualType T) = 0; 1743 1744 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1745 /// is explicit. 1746 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1747 QualType T, 1748 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1749 1750 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1751 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1752 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1753 1754 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1755 /// functions. 1756 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1757 QualType T) = 0; 1758 1759 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1760 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1761 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1762 1763 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1764 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1765 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1766 QualType T, 1767 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1768 1769 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1770 }; 1771 1772 ExprResult 1773 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1774 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1775 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1776 1777 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1778 OS_Array, 1779 OS_Dictionary, 1780 OS_Error 1781 }; 1782 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1783 1784 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1785 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1786 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1787 NamedDecl *Member); 1788 1789 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1790 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1791 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1792 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1793 1794 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1795 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1796 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1797 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1798 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1799 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1800 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1801 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1802 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1803 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1804 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1805 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1806 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1807 QualType ObjectType, 1808 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1809 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1810 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1811 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1812 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1813 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1814 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1815 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1816 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1817 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1818 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1819 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1820 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1821 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1822 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1823 QualType ObjectType, 1824 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1825 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1826 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1827 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1828 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1829 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1830 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1831 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1832 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1833 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1834 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1835 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1836 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1837 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1838 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1839 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1840 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1841 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1842 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1843 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1844 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1845 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1846 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1847 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1848 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1849 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1850 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1851 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1852 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1853 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1854 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1855 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1856 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1857 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1858 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1859 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1860 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1861 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1862 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1863 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1864 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1865 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1866 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1867 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1868 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1869 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1870 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 1871 1872 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1873 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1874 1875 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1876 // identified by the expression Expr 1877 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1878 1879 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1880 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1881 // R (A) --> R(A) 1882 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1883 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1884 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1885 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1886 1887 FunctionDecl * 1888 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1889 QualType TargetType, 1890 bool Complain, 1891 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1892 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1893 1894 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1895 bool Complain = false, 1896 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1897 1898 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1899 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1900 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1901 bool Complain = false, 1902 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1903 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1904 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1905 1906 1907 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1908 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1909 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1910 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1911 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1912 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1913 1914 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1915 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1916 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1917 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1918 1919 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 1920 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1921 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1922 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1923 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 1924 Expr *ExecConfig, 1925 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 1926 1927 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1928 unsigned Opc, 1929 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1930 Expr *input); 1931 1932 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1933 unsigned Opc, 1934 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1935 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 1936 1937 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 1938 SourceLocation RLoc, 1939 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 1940 1941 ExprResult 1942 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 1943 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 1944 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1945 ExprResult 1946 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1947 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1948 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1949 1950 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 1951 SourceLocation OpLoc); 1952 1953 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 1954 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 1955 /// that best represents the call. 1956 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 1957 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 1958 1959 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 1960 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 1961 bool CheckParameterNames); 1962 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 1963 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 1964 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 1965 1966 /// \name Name lookup 1967 /// 1968 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 1969 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 1970 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 1971 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 1972 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 1973 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 1974 /// 1975 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 1976 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 1977 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 1978 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 1979 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 1980 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 1981 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 1982 /// 1983 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 1984 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 1985 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 1986 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 1987 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 1988 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 1989 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 1990 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 1991 //@{ 1992 1993 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 1994 enum LookupNameKind { 1995 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 1996 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 1997 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 1998 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 1999 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2000 /// structs, and unions. 2001 LookupTagName, 2002 /// Label name lookup. 2003 LookupLabel, 2004 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2005 /// class/struct/union members. 2006 LookupMemberName, 2007 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2008 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2009 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2010 LookupOperatorName, 2011 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2012 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2013 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2014 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2015 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2016 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2017 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2018 LookupNamespaceName, 2019 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2020 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2021 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2022 LookupUsingDeclName, 2023 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2024 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2025 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2026 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2027 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2028 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2029 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2030 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2031 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2032 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2033 LookupAnyName 2034 }; 2035 2036 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2037 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2038 enum RedeclarationKind { 2039 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2040 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2041 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2042 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2043 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2044 ForRedeclaration 2045 }; 2046 2047 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2048 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2049 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2050 LOLR_Error, 2051 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2052 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2053 LOLR_Cooked, 2054 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2055 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2056 LOLR_Raw, 2057 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2058 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2059 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2060 LOLR_Template 2061 }; 2062 2063 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2064 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2065 bool ConstArg, 2066 bool VolatileArg, 2067 bool RValueThis, 2068 bool ConstThis, 2069 bool VolatileThis); 2070 2071private: 2072 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2073 2074 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2075 // 2076 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2077 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2078 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2079 2080 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2081 /// source. 2082 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2083 2084public: 2085 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2086 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2087 /// 2088 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2089 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2090 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2091 SourceLocation Loc, 2092 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2093 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2094 = NotForRedeclaration); 2095 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2096 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2097 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2098 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2099 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2100 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2101 bool EnteringContext = false); 2102 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2103 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2104 = NotForRedeclaration); 2105 2106 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2107 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2108 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2109 2110 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2111 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2112 2113 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2114 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2115 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2116 unsigned Quals); 2117 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2118 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2119 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2120 unsigned Quals); 2121 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2122 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2123 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2124 2125 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2126 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2127 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2128 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2129 2130 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2131 SourceLocation Loc, 2132 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2133 ADLResult &Functions, 2134 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 2135 2136 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2137 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2138 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2139 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2140 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2141 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2142 2143 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2144 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2145 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2146 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2147 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2148 bool EnteringContext = false, 2149 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2150 2151 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2152 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2153 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2154 2155 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2156 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2157 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2158 2159 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2160 //@} 2161 2162 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2163 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2164 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2165 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2166 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2167 SourceLocation Loc); 2168 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2169 Scope *S); 2170 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2171 2172 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2173 2174 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2175 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2176 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2177 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2178 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2179 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2180 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2181 2182 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2183 2184 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2185 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2186 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2187 2188 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2189 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2190 SourceRange Range); 2191 2192 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2193 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2194 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2195 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2196 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2197 2198 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2199 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2200 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2201 2202 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2203 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2204 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2205 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2206 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2207 2208 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2209 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2210 2211 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2212 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2213 2214 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2215 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2216 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2217 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2218 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2219 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2220 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2221 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2222 2223 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2224 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2225 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2226 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2227 SourceLocation Loc); 2228 2229 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2230 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2231 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2232 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2233 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2234 2235 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2236 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2237 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2238 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2239 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2240 2241 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2242 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2243 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2244 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2245 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2246 2247 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2248 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2249 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2250 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2251 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2252 2253 2254 /// LookupPropertyDecl - Looks up a property in the current class and all 2255 /// its protocols. 2256 ObjCPropertyDecl *LookupPropertyDecl(const ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2257 IdentifierInfo *II); 2258 2259 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2260 /// class extensions. 2261 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2262 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2263 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2264 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2265 Selector GetterSel, 2266 Selector SetterSel, 2267 const bool isAssign, 2268 const bool isReadWrite, 2269 const unsigned Attributes, 2270 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2271 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2272 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2273 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2274 2275 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2276 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2277 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2278 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2279 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2280 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2281 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2282 Selector GetterSel, 2283 Selector SetterSel, 2284 const bool isAssign, 2285 const bool isReadWrite, 2286 const unsigned Attributes, 2287 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2288 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2289 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2290 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2291 2292 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2293 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2294 /// setter or getter. 2295 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2296 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2297 2298 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2299 2300 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2301 2302 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2303 MMS_loose, 2304 MMS_strict 2305 }; 2306 2307 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2308 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2309 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2310 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2311 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2312 2313 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2314 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2315 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2316 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2317 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2318 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2319 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2320 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2321 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2322 bool ImmediateClass, 2323 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2324 2325 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2326 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2327 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2328 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2329 2330 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2331 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2332 2333private: 2334 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2335 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2336 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2337 2338 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2339 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2340 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2341 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2342 bool warn, bool instance); 2343 2344public: 2345 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2346 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2347 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2348 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2349 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2350 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2351 } 2352 2353 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2354 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2355 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2356 } 2357 2358 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2359 /// pool. 2360 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2361 2362 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2363 /// there are multiple signatures. 2364 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2365 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2366 bool warn=true) { 2367 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2368 warn, /*instance*/true); 2369 } 2370 2371 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2372 /// there are multiple signatures. 2373 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2374 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2375 bool warn=true) { 2376 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2377 warn, /*instance*/false); 2378 } 2379 2380 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2381 /// implementation. 2382 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2383 2384 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2385 /// initialization. 2386 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2387 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2388 2389 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2390 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2391public: 2392 class FullExprArg { 2393 public: 2394 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2395 2396 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2397 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2398 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2399 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2400 2401 ExprResult release() { 2402 return move(E); 2403 } 2404 2405 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2406 2407 Expr *operator->() { 2408 return E; 2409 } 2410 2411 private: 2412 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2413 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2414 friend class Sema; 2415 2416 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2417 2418 Expr *E; 2419 }; 2420 2421 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2422 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2423 } 2424 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2425 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2426 } 2427 2428 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2429 2430 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2431 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2432 2433 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2434 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2435 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2436 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2437 bool isStmtExpr); 2438 2439 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2440 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2441 public: 2442 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2443 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2444 } 2445 2446 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2447 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2448 } 2449 2450 private: 2451 Sema &S; 2452 }; 2453 2454 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2455 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2456 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2457 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2458 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2459 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2460 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2461 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2462 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2463 2464 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2465 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2466 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2467 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2468 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2469 2470 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2471 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2472 Stmt *SubStmt); 2473 2474 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2475 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2476 Stmt *ThenVal, 2477 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2478 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2479 Expr *Cond, 2480 Decl *CondVar); 2481 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2482 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2483 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2484 FullExprArg Cond, 2485 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2486 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2487 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2488 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2489 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2490 2491 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2492 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2493 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2494 Decl *SecondVar, 2495 FullExprArg Third, 2496 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2497 Stmt *Body); 2498 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2499 Expr *collection); 2500 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2501 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2502 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2503 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2504 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2505 2506 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2507 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2508 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2509 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2510 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2511 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2512 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2513 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2514 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2515 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2516 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2517 2518 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2519 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2520 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2521 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2522 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2523 Expr *DestExp); 2524 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2525 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2526 2527 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2528 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2529 2530 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2531 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2532 2533 StmtResult ActOnAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2534 bool IsSimple, bool IsVolatile, 2535 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2536 IdentifierInfo **Names, 2537 MultiExprArg Constraints, 2538 MultiExprArg Exprs, 2539 Expr *AsmString, 2540 MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2541 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2542 bool MSAsm = false); 2543 2544 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2545 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2546 ArrayRef<unsigned> LineEnds, 2547 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2548 2549 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2550 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2551 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2552 bool Invalid = false); 2553 2554 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2555 2556 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2557 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2558 2559 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2560 2561 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2562 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2563 2564 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2565 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2566 Scope *CurScope); 2567 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2568 Expr *operand); 2569 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2570 Expr *SynchExpr, 2571 Stmt *SynchBody); 2572 2573 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2574 2575 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2576 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2577 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2578 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2579 2580 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2581 2582 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2583 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2584 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2585 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2586 2587 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2588 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2589 Stmt *TryBlock, 2590 Stmt *Handler); 2591 2592 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2593 Expr *FilterExpr, 2594 Stmt *Block); 2595 2596 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2597 Stmt *Block); 2598 2599 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2600 2601 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2602 2603 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2604 /// of it. 2605 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2606 2607 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2608 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2609 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2610 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2611 2612 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2613 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2614 /// 2615 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2616 /// if (condition); 2617 /// do_stuff(); 2618 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2619 const Stmt *Body, 2620 unsigned DiagID); 2621 2622 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2623 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2624 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2625 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2626 2627 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2628 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2629 } 2630 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2631 2632 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2633 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2634 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2635 } 2636 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2637 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2638 } 2639 2640 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2641 2642 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2643 SourceLocation Loc, 2644 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2645 2646 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2647 2648 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2649 StringRef message); 2650 2651 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2652 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2653 2654 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2655 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2656 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2657 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2658 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2659 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2660 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2661 SourceLocation Loc); 2662 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2663 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2664 2665 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2666 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2667 bool IsDecltype = false); 2668 2669 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2670 2671 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2672 2673 ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2674 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2675 2676 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2677 2678 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2679 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2680 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2681 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2682 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2683 // named expressions. 2684 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2685 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2686 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2687 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2688 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2689 2690 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2691 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2692 2693 enum TryCaptureKind { 2694 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2695 }; 2696 2697 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2698 /// 2699 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2700 /// 2701 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2702 /// 2703 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2704 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2705 /// 2706 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2707 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2708 /// 2709 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2710 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2711 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2712 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2713 /// 2714 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2715 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2716 /// variable can be captured. 2717 /// 2718 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2719 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2720 /// captured. 2721 /// 2722 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2723 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2724 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2725 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2726 QualType &CaptureType, 2727 QualType &DeclRefType); 2728 2729 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2730 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2731 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2732 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2733 2734 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2735 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2736 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2737 2738 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2739 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2740 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2741 2742 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2743 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2744 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2745 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2746 bool ForceComplain = false, 2747 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2748 2749 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2750 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2751 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2752 2753 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2754 /// evaluation context. 2755 /// 2756 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2757 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2758 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2759 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2760 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2761 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2762 2763 // Primary Expressions. 2764 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2765 2766 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2767 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2768 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2769 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2770 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2771 2772 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2773 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2774 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2775 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2776 2777 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2778 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2779 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2780 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2781 2782 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2783 IdentifierInfo *II, 2784 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2785 2786 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2787 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2788 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2789 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2790 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2791 2792 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2793 ExprValueKind VK, 2794 SourceLocation Loc, 2795 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2796 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2797 ExprValueKind VK, 2798 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2799 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2800 ExprResult 2801 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2802 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2803 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2804 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2805 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2806 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2807 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2808 LookupResult &R, 2809 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2810 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2811 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2812 LookupResult &R, 2813 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2814 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2815 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2816 const LookupResult &R, 2817 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2818 2819 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2820 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo); 2821 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2822 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2823 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2824 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2825 2826 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2827 LookupResult &R, 2828 bool NeedsADL); 2829 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2830 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2831 NamedDecl *D); 2832 2833 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2834 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2835 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2836 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2837 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2838 2839 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2840 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2841 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2842 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2843 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2844 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2845 SourceLocation R, 2846 MultiExprArg Val); 2847 2848 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2849 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2850 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2851 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2852 2853 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2854 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2855 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2856 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2857 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2858 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2859 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2860 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2861 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2862 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2863 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2864 Expr **Exprs, 2865 unsigned NumAssocs); 2866 2867 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2868 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2869 Expr *InputExpr); 2870 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2871 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2872 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2873 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2874 2875 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2876 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2877 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2878 SourceRange R); 2879 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2880 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2881 ExprResult 2882 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2883 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2884 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2885 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2886 2887 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 2888 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 2889 2890 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2891 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2892 SourceRange ExprRange, 2893 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2894 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 2895 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2896 IdentifierInfo &Name, 2897 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2898 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2899 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2900 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 2901 2902 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2903 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2904 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2905 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2906 2907 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2908 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2909 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2910 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2911 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2912 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2913 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2914 2915 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 2916 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 2917 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 2918 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 2919 // defines a custom operator->). 2920 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 2921 Scope *S; 2922 UnqualifiedId &Id; 2923 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 2924 bool HasTrailingLParen; 2925 }; 2926 2927 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2928 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2929 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2930 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2931 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2932 LookupResult &R, 2933 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2934 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 2935 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 2936 2937 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 2938 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 2939 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2940 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2941 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2942 bool HasTemplateArgs); 2943 2944 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 2945 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2946 const LookupResult &R); 2947 2948 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2949 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2950 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2951 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2952 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2953 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2954 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2955 2956 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2957 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2958 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 2959 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2960 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2961 UnqualifiedId &Member, 2962 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2963 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2964 2965 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 2966 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 2967 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 2968 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2969 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2970 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2971 bool ExecConfig = false); 2972 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 2973 ParmVarDecl *Param, 2974 const Expr *ArgExpr); 2975 2976 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 2977 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 2978 /// locations. 2979 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2980 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2981 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 2982 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 2983 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2984 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2985 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2986 Expr *Config = 0, 2987 bool IsExecConfig = false); 2988 2989 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 2990 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 2991 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 2992 2993 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2994 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 2995 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 2996 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2997 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 2998 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2999 Expr *Op); 3000 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3001 3002 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3003 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3004 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3005 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3006 3007 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3008 3009 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3010 ParsedType Ty, 3011 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3012 Expr *InitExpr); 3013 3014 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3015 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3016 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3017 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3018 3019 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3020 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3021 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3022 3023 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3024 SourceLocation Loc, 3025 bool GNUSyntax, 3026 ExprResult Init); 3027 3028 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3029 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3030 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3031 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3032 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3033 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3034 3035 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3036 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3037 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3038 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3039 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3040 3041 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3042 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3043 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3044 3045 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3046 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3047 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3048 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3049 3050 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3051 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3052 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3053 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3054 union { 3055 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3056 Expr *E; 3057 } U; 3058 }; 3059 3060 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3061 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3062 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3063 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3064 unsigned NumComponents, 3065 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3066 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3067 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3068 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3069 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3070 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3071 unsigned NumComponents, 3072 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3073 3074 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3075 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3076 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3077 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3078 3079 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3080 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3081 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3082 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3083 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3084 3085 // __null 3086 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3087 3088 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3089 3090 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3091 enum IfExistsResult { 3092 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3093 IER_Exists, 3094 3095 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3096 IER_DoesNotExist, 3097 3098 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3099 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3100 IER_Dependent, 3101 3102 /// \brief An error occurred. 3103 IER_Error 3104 }; 3105 3106 IfExistsResult 3107 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3108 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3109 3110 IfExistsResult 3111 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3112 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3113 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3114 3115 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3116 bool IsIfExists, 3117 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3118 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3119 Stmt *Nested); 3120 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3121 bool IsIfExists, 3122 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3123 Stmt *Nested); 3124 3125 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3126 3127 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3128 /// started. 3129 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3130 3131 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3132 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3133 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3134 Scope *CurScope); 3135 3136 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3137 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3138 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3139 3140 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3141 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3142 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3143 Scope *CurScope); 3144 3145 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3146 3147 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3148 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3149 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3150 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3151 3152 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3153 3154 // Act on C++ namespaces 3155 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3156 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3157 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3158 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3159 SourceLocation LBrace, 3160 AttributeList *AttrList); 3161 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3162 3163 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3164 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3165 3166 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3167 3168 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3169 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3170 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3171 3172 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3173 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3174 /// 3175 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3176 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3177 3178 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3179 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3180 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3181 3182 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3183 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3184 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3185 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3186 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3187 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3188 AttributeList *AttrList); 3189 3190 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3191 3192 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3193 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3194 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3195 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3196 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3197 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3198 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3199 3200 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3201 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3202 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3203 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3204 NamedDecl *Target); 3205 3206 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3207 bool isTypeName, 3208 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3209 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3210 const LookupResult &Previous); 3211 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3212 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3213 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3214 3215 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3216 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3217 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3218 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3219 AttributeList *AttrList, 3220 bool IsInstantiation, 3221 bool IsTypeName, 3222 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3223 3224 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3225 3226 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3227 AccessSpecifier AS, 3228 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3229 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3230 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3231 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3232 AttributeList *AttrList, 3233 bool IsTypeName, 3234 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3235 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3236 AccessSpecifier AS, 3237 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3238 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3239 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3240 TypeResult Type); 3241 3242 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3243 /// and sets it as the initializer for the passed in VarDecl. 3244 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3245 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3246 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3247 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3248 3249 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3250 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3251 /// 3252 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3253 ExprResult 3254 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3255 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3256 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3257 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3258 3259 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3260 // the constructor can be elidable? 3261 ExprResult 3262 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3263 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3264 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3265 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3266 SourceRange ParenRange); 3267 3268 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3269 /// the default expr if needed. 3270 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3271 FunctionDecl *FD, 3272 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3273 3274 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3275 /// constructed variable. 3276 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3277 3278 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3279 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3280 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3281 // Pointer to allow copying 3282 Sema *Self; 3283 // We order exception specifications thus: 3284 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x. 3285 // throw() comes next. 3286 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3287 // Finally no specification. 3288 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3289 // 3290 // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance, 3291 // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default 3292 // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the 3293 // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We 3294 // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules 3295 // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple). 3296 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3297 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3298 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3299 3300 void ClearExceptions() { 3301 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3302 Exceptions.clear(); 3303 } 3304 3305 public: 3306 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3307 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3308 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3309 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3310 } 3311 3312 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3313 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3314 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3315 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3316 return ComputedEST; 3317 } 3318 3319 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3320 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3321 3322 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3323 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3324 3325 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3326 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3327 3328 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3329 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3330 3331 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3332 /// computed exception specification. 3333 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3334 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3335 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3336 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3337 } 3338 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3339 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3340 getEPI(EPI); 3341 return EPI; 3342 } 3343 }; 3344 3345 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3346 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3347 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3348 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3349 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3350 3351 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3352 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3353 /// will be const. 3354 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3355 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3356 3357 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3358 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3359 /// parameter will be const. 3360 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3361 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3362 3363 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3364 /// constructor of a class will have. 3365 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3366 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3367 3368 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3369 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3370 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3371 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3372 3373 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3374 /// destructor of a class will have. 3375 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3376 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3377 3378 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3379 /// special member function. 3380 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3381 3382 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3383 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3384 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3385 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3386 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3387 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3388 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3389 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3390 3391 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3392 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3393 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3394 bool Diagnose = false); 3395 3396 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3397 /// 3398 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3399 /// default constructor will be added. 3400 /// 3401 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3402 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3403 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3404 3405 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3406 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3407 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3408 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3409 3410 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3411 /// 3412 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3413 /// destructor will be added. 3414 /// 3415 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3416 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3417 3418 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3419 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3420 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3421 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3422 3423 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3424 /// 3425 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3426 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3427 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3428 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3429 3430 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3431 /// 3432 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3433 /// constructors will be added. 3434 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3435 3436 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3437 /// 3438 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3439 /// copy constructor will be added. 3440 /// 3441 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3442 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3443 3444 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3445 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3446 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3447 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3448 3449 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3450 /// 3451 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3452 /// move constructor will be added. 3453 /// 3454 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3455 /// declared. 3456 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3457 3458 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3459 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3460 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3461 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3462 3463 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3464 /// 3465 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3466 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3467 /// 3468 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3469 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3470 3471 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3472 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3473 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3474 3475 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3476 /// 3477 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3478 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3479 /// 3480 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3481 /// wasn't declared. 3482 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3483 3484 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3485 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3486 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3487 3488 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3489 /// class. 3490 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3491 3492 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3493 /// special member function. 3494 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3495 3496 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3497 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3498 /// 3499 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3500 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3501 3502 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3503 /// member function. 3504 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3505 3506 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3507 /// static member function. 3508 /// 3509 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3510 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3511 3512 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3513 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3514 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3515 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3516 3517 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3518 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3519 SourceLocation Loc, 3520 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3521 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3522 3523 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3524 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3525 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3526 ParsedType ObjectType, 3527 bool EnteringContext); 3528 3529 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3530 3531 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3532 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3533 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3534 3535 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3536 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3537 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3538 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3539 Declarator &D, 3540 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3541 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3542 Expr *E, 3543 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3544 3545 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3546 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3547 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3548 Expr *E, 3549 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3550 SourceRange Parens); 3551 3552 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3553 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3554 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3555 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3556 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3557 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3558 Expr *Operand, 3559 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3560 3561 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3562 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3563 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3564 void *TyOrExpr, 3565 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3566 3567 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3568 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3569 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3570 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3571 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3572 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3573 Expr *Operand, 3574 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3575 3576 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3577 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3578 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3579 void *TyOrExpr, 3580 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3581 3582 3583 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3584 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3585 3586 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3587 /// 3588 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3589 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3590 3591 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3592 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3593 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3594 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3595 3596 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3597 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3598 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3599 Sema &S; 3600 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3601 bool Enabled; 3602 3603 public: 3604 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3605 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3606 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3607 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3608 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3609 bool Enabled = true); 3610 3611 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3612 }; 3613 3614 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3615 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3616 /// 3617 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3618 /// 3619 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3620 /// capture list. 3621 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3622 3623 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3624 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3625 /// being defined. 3626 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3627 3628 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3629 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3630 3631 3632 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3633 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3634 3635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3636 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3637 3638 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3639 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3640 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3641 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3642 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3643 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3644 3645 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3646 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3647 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3648 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3649 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3650 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3651 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3652 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3653 3654 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3655 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3656 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3657 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3658 3659 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3660 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3661 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3662 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3663 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3664 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3665 Expr *Initializer); 3666 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3667 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3668 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3669 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3670 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3671 QualType AllocType, 3672 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3673 Expr *ArraySize, 3674 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3675 Expr *Initializer, 3676 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3677 3678 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3679 SourceRange R); 3680 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3681 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3682 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3683 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3684 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3685 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3686 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3687 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3688 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3689 bool Diagnose = true); 3690 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3691 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3692 QualType Argument, 3693 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3694 3695 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3696 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3697 bool Diagnose = true); 3698 3699 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3700 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3701 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3702 Expr *Operand); 3703 3704 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3705 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3706 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3707 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3708 3709 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3710 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3711 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3712 SourceLocation RParen); 3713 3714 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3715 /// pseudo-functions. 3716 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3717 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3718 ParsedType Ty, 3719 SourceLocation RParen); 3720 3721 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3722 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3723 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3724 SourceLocation RParen); 3725 3726 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3727 /// pseudo-functions. 3728 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3729 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3730 ParsedType LhsTy, 3731 ParsedType RhsTy, 3732 SourceLocation RParen); 3733 3734 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3735 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3736 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3737 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3738 SourceLocation RParen); 3739 3740 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3741 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3742 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3743 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3744 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3745 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3746 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3747 3748 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3749 /// pseudo-functions. 3750 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3751 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3752 ParsedType LhsTy, 3753 Expr *DimExpr, 3754 SourceLocation RParen); 3755 3756 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3757 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3758 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3759 Expr *DimExpr, 3760 SourceLocation RParen); 3761 3762 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3763 /// pseudo-functions. 3764 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3765 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3766 Expr *Queried, 3767 SourceLocation RParen); 3768 3769 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3770 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3771 Expr *Queried, 3772 SourceLocation RParen); 3773 3774 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3775 Expr *Base, 3776 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3777 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3778 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3779 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3780 3781 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3782 3783 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3784 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3785 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3786 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3787 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3788 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3789 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3790 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3791 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3792 3793 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3794 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3795 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3796 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3797 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3798 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3799 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3800 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3801 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3802 3803 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3804 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3805 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3806 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3807 const DeclSpec& DS, 3808 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3809 3810 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3811 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3812 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3813 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3814 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3815 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3816 3817 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3818 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3819 : SourceLocation()); 3820 } 3821 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC); 3822 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3823 3824 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3825 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3826 3827 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3828 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3829 bool EnteringContext = false); 3830 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3831 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3832 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3833 3834 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3835 /// 3836 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3837 /// 3838 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3839 /// 3840 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3841 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3842 /// 3843 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3844 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3845 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3846 3847 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3848 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3849 3850 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3851 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3852 IdentifierInfo &II, 3853 ParsedType ObjectType); 3854 3855 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3856 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3857 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3858 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3859 QualType ObjectType, 3860 bool EnteringContext, 3861 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3862 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3863 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3864 3865 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3866 /// 3867 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3868 /// 3869 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3870 /// 3871 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3872 /// 3873 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3874 /// 3875 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3876 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3877 /// 3878 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3879 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3880 /// 3881 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3882 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3883 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3884 /// including this new type). 3885 /// 3886 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3887 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3888 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3889 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3890 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3891 ParsedType ObjectType, 3892 bool EnteringContext, 3893 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3894 3895 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 3896 3897 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3898 const DeclSpec &DS, 3899 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 3900 3901 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3902 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3903 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3904 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3905 ParsedType ObjectType, 3906 bool EnteringContext); 3907 3908 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 3909 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 3910 /// 3911 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3912 /// 3913 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3914 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3915 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3916 /// including this new type). 3917 /// 3918 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 3919 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 3920 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 3921 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 3922 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 3923 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 3924 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3925 /// 3926 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 3927 /// nested-name-specifier. 3928 /// 3929 /// 3930 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3931 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3932 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3933 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3934 TemplateTy TemplateName, 3935 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 3936 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 3937 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 3938 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 3939 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3940 bool EnteringContext); 3941 3942 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 3943 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 3944 /// nested-name-specifier. 3945 /// 3946 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 3947 /// 3948 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 3949 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 3950 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3951 3952 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 3953 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 3954 /// 3955 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 3956 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 3957 /// 3958 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 3959 /// 3960 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 3961 /// of the annotation pointer. 3962 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 3963 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 3964 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3965 3966 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3967 3968 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 3969 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 3970 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 3971 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 3972 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 3973 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 3974 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3975 3976 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 3977 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 3978 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 3979 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 3980 /// defining scope. 3981 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3982 3983 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 3984 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3985 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 3986 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 3987 /// class X. 3988 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3989 3990 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 3991 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3992 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3993 3994 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 3995 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3996 bool KnownDependent = false); 3997 3998 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 3999 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4000 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4001 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4002 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4003 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4004 4005 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4006 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4007 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4008 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4009 bool ExplicitParams, 4010 bool ExplicitResultType, 4011 bool Mutable); 4012 4013 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4014 /// given lambda. 4015 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4016 4017 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4018 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4019 4020 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4021 /// statements present in the body. 4022 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4023 4024 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4025 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4026 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4027 /// lambda. 4028 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4029 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4030 4031 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4032 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4033 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4034 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4035 4036 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4037 /// was successfully completed. 4038 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4039 Scope *CurScope, 4040 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4041 4042 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4043 /// function pointer. 4044 /// 4045 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4046 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4047 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4048 /// block pointer conversion. 4049 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4050 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4051 4052 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4053 /// block pointer. 4054 /// 4055 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4056 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4057 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4058 /// block pointer conversion. 4059 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4060 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4061 4062 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4063 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4064 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4065 Expr *Src); 4066 4067 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4068 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4069 Expr **Strings, 4070 unsigned NumStrings); 4071 4072 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4073 4074 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4075 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4076 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4077 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4078 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4079 bool Value); 4080 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4081 4082 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4083 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4084 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4085 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4086 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4087 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4088 4089 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4090 Expr *IndexExpr, 4091 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4092 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4093 4094 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4095 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4096 unsigned NumElements); 4097 4098 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4099 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4100 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4101 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4102 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4103 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4104 4105 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4106 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4107 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4108 ParsedType Ty, 4109 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4110 4111 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4112 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4113 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4114 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4115 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4116 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4117 4118 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4119 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4120 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4121 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4122 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4123 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4124 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4125 4126 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4127 // C++ Declarations 4128 // 4129 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4130 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4131 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4132 StringRef Lang, 4133 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4134 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4135 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4136 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4137 4138 4139 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4140 // C++ Classes 4141 // 4142 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4143 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4144 4145 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4146 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4147 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4148 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4149 4150 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4151 Declarator &D, 4152 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4153 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4154 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4155 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4156 Expr *Init); 4157 4158 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4159 Scope *S, 4160 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4161 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4162 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4163 const DeclSpec &DS, 4164 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4165 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4166 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4167 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4168 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4169 4170 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4171 Scope *S, 4172 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4173 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4174 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4175 const DeclSpec &DS, 4176 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4177 Expr *InitList, 4178 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4179 4180 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4181 Scope *S, 4182 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4183 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4184 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4185 const DeclSpec &DS, 4186 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4187 Expr *Init, 4188 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4189 4190 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4191 Expr *Init, 4192 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4193 4194 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4195 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4196 Expr *Init, 4197 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4198 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4199 4200 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4201 Expr *Init, 4202 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4203 4204 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4205 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4206 4207 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4208 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4209 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4210 4211 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4212 4213 4214 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4215 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4216 /// referenced. 4217 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4218 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4219 4220 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4221 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4222 /// first use occurred. 4223 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4224 4225 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4226 /// materialized. 4227 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4228 4229 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4230 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4231 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4232 /// by code generation). 4233 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4234 4235 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4236 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4237 4238 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4239 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4240 DynamicClassesType; 4241 4242 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4243 /// unit. 4244 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4245 4246 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4247 /// given location. 4248 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4249 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4250 4251 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4252 /// in the given class as needed. 4253 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4254 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4255 4256 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4257 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4258 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4259 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4260 4261 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4262 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4263 /// vtables. 4264 /// 4265 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4266 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4267 4268 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4269 4270 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4271 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4272 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4273 unsigned NumMemInits, 4274 bool AnyErrors); 4275 4276 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4277 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4278 Decl *TagDecl, 4279 SourceLocation LBrac, 4280 SourceLocation RBrac, 4281 AttributeList *AttrList); 4282 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4283 4284 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4285 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4286 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4287 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4288 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4289 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4290 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4291 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4292 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4293 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4294 4295 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4296 Expr *AssertExpr, 4297 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4298 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4299 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4300 Expr *AssertExpr, 4301 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4302 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4303 bool Failed); 4304 4305 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation Loc, 4306 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4307 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4308 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4309 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4310 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4311 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4312 4313 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4314 StorageClass& SC); 4315 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4316 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4317 StorageClass& SC); 4318 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4319 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4320 StorageClass& SC); 4321 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4322 4323 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4324 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4325 4326 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4327 // C++ Derived Classes 4328 // 4329 4330 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4331 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4332 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4333 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4334 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4335 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4336 4337 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4338 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4339 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4340 ParsedType basetype, 4341 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4342 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4343 4344 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4345 unsigned NumBases); 4346 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4347 unsigned NumBases); 4348 4349 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4350 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4351 4352 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4353 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4354 4355 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4356 4357 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4358 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4359 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4360 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4361 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4362 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4363 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4364 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4365 DeclarationName Name, 4366 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4367 4368 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4369 4370 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4371 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4372 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4373 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4374 4375 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4376 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4377 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4378 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4379 4380 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4381 4382 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4383 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4384 4385 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4386 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4387 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4388 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4389 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4390 4391 4392 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4393 // C++ Access Control 4394 // 4395 4396 enum AccessResult { 4397 AR_accessible, 4398 AR_inaccessible, 4399 AR_dependent, 4400 AR_delayed 4401 }; 4402 4403 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4404 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4405 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4406 4407 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4408 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4409 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4410 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4411 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4412 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4413 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4414 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4415 bool Diagnose = true); 4416 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4417 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4418 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4419 AccessSpecifier Access, 4420 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4421 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4422 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4423 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4424 AccessSpecifier Access, 4425 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4426 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4427 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4428 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4429 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4430 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4431 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4432 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4433 Expr *ArgExpr, 4434 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4435 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4436 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4437 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4438 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4439 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4440 unsigned DiagID, 4441 bool ForceCheck = false, 4442 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4443 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4444 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4445 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4446 AccessSpecifier access, 4447 QualType objectType); 4448 4449 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4450 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4451 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4452 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4453 4454 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4455 4456 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4457 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4458 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4459 4460 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4461 AbstractNone = -1, 4462 AbstractReturnType, 4463 AbstractParamType, 4464 AbstractVariableType, 4465 AbstractFieldType, 4466 AbstractArrayType 4467 }; 4468 4469 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4470 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4471 template<typename T1> 4472 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4473 unsigned DiagID, 4474 const T1 &Arg1) { 4475 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4476 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4477 } 4478 4479 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4480 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4481 unsigned DiagID, 4482 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4483 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4484 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4485 } 4486 4487 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4488 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4489 unsigned DiagID, 4490 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4491 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4492 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4493 } 4494 4495 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4496 4497 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4498 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4499 4500 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4501 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4502 // 4503 4504 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4505 4506 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4507 4508 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4509 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4510 // 4511 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4512 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4513 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4514 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4515 4516 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4517 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4518 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4519 4520 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4521 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4522 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4523 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4524 ParsedType ObjectType, 4525 bool EnteringContext, 4526 TemplateTy &Template, 4527 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4528 4529 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4530 SourceLocation IILoc, 4531 Scope *S, 4532 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4533 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4534 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4535 4536 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4537 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4538 4539 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4540 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4541 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4542 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4543 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4544 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4545 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4546 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4547 4548 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4549 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4550 unsigned Depth, 4551 unsigned Position, 4552 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4553 Expr *DefaultArg); 4554 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4555 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4556 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4557 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4558 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4559 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4560 unsigned Depth, 4561 unsigned Position, 4562 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4563 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4564 4565 TemplateParameterList * 4566 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4567 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4568 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4569 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4570 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4571 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4572 4573 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4574 /// list. 4575 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4576 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4577 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4578 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4579 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4580 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4581 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4582 }; 4583 4584 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4585 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4586 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4587 TemplateParameterList * 4588 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4589 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4590 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4591 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4592 unsigned NumParamLists, 4593 bool IsFriend, 4594 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4595 bool &Invalid); 4596 4597 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4598 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4599 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4600 AttributeList *Attr, 4601 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4602 AccessSpecifier AS, 4603 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4604 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4605 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4606 4607 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4608 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4609 4610 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4611 4612 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4613 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4614 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4615 4616 TypeResult 4617 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4618 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4619 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4620 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4621 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4622 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4623 4624 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4625 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4626 /// 4627 /// \param TUK 4628 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4629 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4630 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4631 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4632 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4633 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4634 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4635 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4636 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4637 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4638 4639 4640 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4641 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4642 LookupResult &R, 4643 bool RequiresADL, 4644 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4645 4646 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4647 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4648 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4649 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4650 4651 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4652 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4653 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4654 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4655 ParsedType ObjectType, 4656 bool EnteringContext, 4657 TemplateTy &Template); 4658 4659 DeclResult 4660 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4661 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4662 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4663 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4664 TemplateTy Template, 4665 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4666 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4667 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4668 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4669 AttributeList *Attr, 4670 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4671 4672 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4673 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4674 Declarator &D); 4675 4676 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4677 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4678 Declarator &D); 4679 4680 bool 4681 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4682 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4683 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4684 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4685 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4686 bool &SuppressNew); 4687 4688 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4689 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4690 LookupResult &Previous); 4691 4692 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4693 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4694 LookupResult &Previous); 4695 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4696 4697 DeclResult 4698 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4699 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4700 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4701 unsigned TagSpec, 4702 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4703 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4704 TemplateTy Template, 4705 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4706 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4707 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4708 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4709 AttributeList *Attr); 4710 4711 DeclResult 4712 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4713 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4714 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4715 unsigned TagSpec, 4716 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4717 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4718 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4719 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4720 AttributeList *Attr); 4721 4722 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4723 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4724 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4725 Declarator &D); 4726 4727 TemplateArgumentLoc 4728 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4729 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4730 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4731 Decl *Param, 4732 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4733 4734 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4735 /// argument is being checked. 4736 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4737 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4738 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4739 CTAK_Specified, 4740 4741 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4742 /// deduction. 4743 CTAK_Deduced, 4744 4745 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4746 /// via template argument deduction. 4747 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4748 }; 4749 4750 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4751 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4752 NamedDecl *Template, 4753 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4754 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4755 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4756 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4757 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4758 4759 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4760 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4761 /// 4762 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4763 /// provided. 4764 /// 4765 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4766 /// 4767 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4768 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4769 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4770 /// arguments. 4771 /// 4772 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4773 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4774 /// set of template arguments. 4775 /// 4776 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4777 /// arguments. 4778 /// 4779 /// 4780 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4781 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4782 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4783 /// 4784 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4785 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4786 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4787 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4788 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4789 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4790 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4791 4792 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4793 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4794 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4795 4796 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4797 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4798 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4799 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4800 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4801 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4802 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4803 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); 4804 4805 ExprResult 4806 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4807 QualType ParamType, 4808 SourceLocation Loc); 4809 ExprResult 4810 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4811 SourceLocation Loc); 4812 4813 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4814 /// for equality. 4815 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4816 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4817 /// that might be redeclarations. 4818 /// 4819 /// \code 4820 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4821 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4822 /// \endcode 4823 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4824 4825 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4826 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4827 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4828 /// 4829 /// \code 4830 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4831 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4832 /// \endcode 4833 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4834 4835 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4836 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4837 /// template parameter. 4838 /// 4839 /// \code 4840 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4841 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4842 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4843 /// \endcode 4844 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4845 }; 4846 4847 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4848 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4849 bool Complain, 4850 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4851 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4852 = SourceLocation()); 4853 4854 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4855 4856 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4857 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4858 /// 4859 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4860 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4861 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4862 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4863 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4864 TypeResult 4865 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4866 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4867 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4868 4869 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4870 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4871 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4872 /// 4873 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4874 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4875 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4876 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4877 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4878 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4879 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4880 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4881 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4882 TypeResult 4883 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4884 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4885 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4886 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4887 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4888 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4889 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4890 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4891 4892 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 4893 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4894 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 4895 const IdentifierInfo &II, 4896 SourceLocation IILoc); 4897 4898 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 4899 SourceLocation Loc, 4900 DeclarationName Name); 4901 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4902 4903 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 4904 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 4905 TemplateParameterList *Params); 4906 4907 std::string 4908 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4909 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 4910 4911 std::string 4912 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4913 const TemplateArgument *Args, 4914 unsigned NumArgs); 4915 4916 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4917 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 4918 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4919 4920 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 4921 /// being diagnosed. 4922 /// 4923 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 4924 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 4925 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 4926 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 4927 UPPC_Expression = 0, 4928 4929 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 4930 UPPC_BaseType, 4931 4932 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 4933 UPPC_DeclarationType, 4934 4935 /// \brief The type of a data member. 4936 UPPC_DataMemberType, 4937 4938 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 4939 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 4940 4941 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 4942 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 4943 4944 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 4945 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 4946 4947 /// \brief The enumerator value. 4948 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 4949 4950 /// \brief A using declaration. 4951 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 4952 4953 /// \brief A friend declaration. 4954 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 4955 4956 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 4957 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 4958 4959 /// \brief An initializer. 4960 UPPC_Initializer, 4961 4962 /// \brief A default argument. 4963 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 4964 4965 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 4966 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 4967 4968 /// \brief The type of an exception. 4969 UPPC_ExceptionType, 4970 4971 /// \brief Partial specialization. 4972 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 4973 4974 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 4975 UPPC_IfExists, 4976 4977 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 4978 UPPC_IfNotExists, 4979 4980 /// \brief Lambda expression. 4981 UPPC_Lambda, 4982 4983 /// \brief Block expression, 4984 UPPC_Block 4985}; 4986 4987 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 4988 /// 4989 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 4990 /// 4991 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 4992 /// parameter packs. 4993 /// 4994 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 4995 /// 4996 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4997 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 4998 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 4999 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5000 5001 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5002 /// diagnose the error. 5003 /// 5004 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5005 /// 5006 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5007 /// packs. 5008 /// 5009 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5010 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5011 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5012 5013 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5014 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5015 /// 5016 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5017 /// parameter packs. 5018 /// 5019 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5020 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5021 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5022 5023 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5024 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5025 /// 5026 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5027 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5028 /// 5029 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5030 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5031 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5032 5033 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5034 /// diagnose the error. 5035 /// 5036 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5037 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5038 /// 5039 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5040 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5041 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5042 5043 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5044 /// diagnose the error. 5045 /// 5046 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5047 /// 5048 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5049 /// parameter packs. 5050 /// 5051 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5052 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5053 TemplateName Template, 5054 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5055 5056 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5057 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5058 /// 5059 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5060 /// parameter packs. 5061 /// 5062 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5063 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5064 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5065 5066 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5067 /// template argument. 5068 /// 5069 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5070 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5071 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5072 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5073 5074 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5075 /// template argument. 5076 /// 5077 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5078 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5079 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5080 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5081 5082 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5083 /// type. 5084 /// 5085 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5086 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5087 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5088 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5089 5090 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5091 /// type. 5092 /// 5093 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5094 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5095 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5096 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5097 5098 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5099 /// nested-name-specifier. 5100 /// 5101 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5102 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5103 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5104 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5105 5106 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5107 /// name. 5108 /// 5109 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5110 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5111 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5112 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5113 5114 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5115 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5116 /// 5117 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5118 /// may already be invalid. 5119 /// 5120 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5121 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5122 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5123 5124 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5125 /// creates a pack expansion. 5126 /// 5127 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5128 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5129 /// 5130 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5131 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5132 5133 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5134 /// expansion. 5135 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5136 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5137 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5138 5139 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5140 /// expansion. 5141 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5142 SourceRange PatternRange, 5143 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5144 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5145 5146 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5147 /// creates a pack expansion. 5148 /// 5149 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5150 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5151 /// 5152 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5153 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5154 5155 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5156 /// creates a pack expansion. 5157 /// 5158 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5159 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5160 /// 5161 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5162 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5163 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5164 5165 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5166 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5167 /// transforming the pattern. 5168 /// 5169 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5170 /// pack expansion. 5171 /// 5172 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5173 /// the pack expansion. 5174 /// 5175 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5176 /// pattern. 5177 /// 5178 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5179 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5180 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5181 /// 5182 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5183 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5184 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5185 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5186 /// 5187 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5188 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5189 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5190 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5191 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5192 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5193 /// set this value in other cases. 5194 /// 5195 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5196 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5197 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5198 /// must be set. 5199 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5200 SourceRange PatternRange, 5201 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5202 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5203 bool &ShouldExpand, 5204 bool &RetainExpansion, 5205 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5206 5207 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5208 /// type. 5209 /// 5210 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5211 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5212 /// 5213 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5214 llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5215 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5216 5217 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5218 /// parameter packs. 5219 /// 5220 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5221 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5222 /// 5223 /// \code 5224 /// void f(T...); 5225 /// \endcode 5226 /// 5227 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5228 /// a variadic function. 5229 /// 5230 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5231 /// false otherwise. 5232 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5233 5234 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5235 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5236 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5237 5238 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5239 /// 5240 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5241 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5242 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5243 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5244 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5245 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5246 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5247 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5248 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5249 TDK_Success = 0, 5250 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5251 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5252 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5253 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5254 /// for every template parameter. 5255 TDK_Incomplete, 5256 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5257 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5258 TDK_Inconsistent, 5259 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5260 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5261 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5262 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5263 TDK_Underqualified, 5264 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5265 /// resulted in an error. 5266 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5267 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5268 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5269 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5270 /// arguments provided. 5271 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5272 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5273 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5274 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5275 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5276 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5277 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5278 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5279 /// template arguments for the given template. 5280 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5281 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5282 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5283 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5284 }; 5285 5286 TemplateDeductionResult 5287 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5288 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5289 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5290 5291 TemplateDeductionResult 5292 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5293 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5294 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5295 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5296 QualType *FunctionType, 5297 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5298 5299 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5300 // deduction for a call. 5301 struct OriginalCallArg { 5302 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5303 unsigned ArgIdx, 5304 QualType OriginalArgType) 5305 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5306 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5307 5308 QualType OriginalParamType; 5309 unsigned ArgIdx; 5310 QualType OriginalArgType; 5311 }; 5312 5313 TemplateDeductionResult 5314 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5315 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5316 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5317 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5318 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5319 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5320 5321 TemplateDeductionResult 5322 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5323 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5324 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5325 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5326 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5327 5328 TemplateDeductionResult 5329 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5330 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5331 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5332 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5333 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5334 5335 TemplateDeductionResult 5336 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5337 QualType ToType, 5338 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5339 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5340 5341 TemplateDeductionResult 5342 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5343 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5344 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5345 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5346 5347 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5348 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5349 DAR_Succeeded, 5350 DAR_Failed, 5351 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5352 }; 5353 5354 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5355 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5356 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5357 5358 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5359 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5360 SourceLocation Loc, 5361 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5362 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5363 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5364 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5365 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5366 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5367 SourceLocation Loc, 5368 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5369 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5370 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5371 bool Complain = true, 5372 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5373 5374 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5375 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5376 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5377 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5378 SourceLocation Loc); 5379 5380 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5381 bool OnlyDeduced, 5382 unsigned Depth, 5383 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5384 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5385 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5386 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5387 } 5388 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5389 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5390 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5391 5392 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5393 // C++ Template Instantiation 5394 // 5395 5396 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5397 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5398 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5399 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5400 5401 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5402 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5403 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5404 enum InstantiationKind { 5405 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5406 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5407 TemplateInstantiation, 5408 5409 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5410 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5411 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5412 /// arguments as specified. 5413 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5414 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5415 5416 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5417 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5418 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5419 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5420 5421 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5422 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5423 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5424 5425 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5426 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5427 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5428 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5429 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5430 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5431 5432 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5433 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5434 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5435 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5436 5437 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5438 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5439 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5440 5441 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5442 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5443 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5444 } Kind; 5445 5446 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5447 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5448 5449 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5450 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5451 /// arguments. 5452 NamedDecl *Template; 5453 5454 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5455 uintptr_t Entity; 5456 5457 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5458 /// are not part of the entity. 5459 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5460 5461 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5462 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5463 5464 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5465 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5466 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5467 5468 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5469 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5470 /// template instantiation. 5471 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5472 5473 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5474 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5475 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5476 5477 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5478 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5479 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5480 5481 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5482 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5483 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5484 return false; 5485 5486 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5487 return false; 5488 5489 switch (X.Kind) { 5490 case TemplateInstantiation: 5491 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5492 return true; 5493 5494 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5495 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5496 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5497 return false; 5498 5499 // Fall through 5500 5501 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5502 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5503 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5504 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5505 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5506 5507 } 5508 5509 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5510 } 5511 5512 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5513 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5514 return !(X == Y); 5515 } 5516 }; 5517 5518 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5519 /// 5520 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5521 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5522 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5523 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5524 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5525 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5526 5527 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5528 /// template instantiation. 5529 /// 5530 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5531 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5532 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5533 5534 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5535 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5536 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5537 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5538 5539 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5540 /// error or warning was produced. 5541 /// 5542 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5543 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5544 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5545 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5546 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5547 5548 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5549 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5550 /// 5551 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5552 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5553 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5554 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5555 5556 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5557 /// within a \c Sema object. 5558 /// 5559 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5560 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5561 Sema &Self; 5562 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5563 5564 public: 5565 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5566 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5567 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5568 } 5569 5570 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5571 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5572 } 5573 }; 5574 5575 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5576 5577 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5578 /// 5579 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5580 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5581 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5582 5583 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5584 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5585 /// deduction. 5586 /// 5587 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5588 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5589 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5590 5591 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5592 /// instantiation. 5593 /// 5594 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5595 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5596 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5597 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5598 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5599 /// 5600 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5601 /// the stack. 5602 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5603 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5604 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5605 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5606 Decl *Entity, 5607 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5608 5609 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5610 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5611 /// of a function template. 5612 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5613 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5614 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5615 5616 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5617 /// template-id. 5618 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5619 TemplateDecl *Template, 5620 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5621 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5622 5623 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5624 /// template-id. 5625 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5626 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5627 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5628 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5629 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5630 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5631 5632 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5633 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5634 /// specialization. 5635 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5636 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5637 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5638 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5639 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5640 5641 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5642 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5643 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5644 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5645 5646 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5647 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5648 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5649 NamedDecl *Template, 5650 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5651 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5652 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5653 5654 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5655 NamedDecl *Template, 5656 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5657 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5658 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5659 5660 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5661 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5662 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5663 TemplateDecl *Template, 5664 NamedDecl *Param, 5665 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5666 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5667 5668 5669 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5670 void Clear(); 5671 5672 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5673 5674 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5675 /// recursive template instantiations. 5676 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5677 5678 private: 5679 Sema &SemaRef; 5680 bool Invalid; 5681 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5682 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5683 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5684 5685 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5686 5687 InstantiatingTemplate& 5688 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5689 }; 5690 5691 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5692 5693 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5694 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5695 /// errors. 5696 /// 5697 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5698 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5699 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5700 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5701 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5702 5703 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5704 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5705 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5706 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5707 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5708 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5709 } 5710 5711 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5712 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5713 /// deduction.` 5714 class SFINAETrap { 5715 Sema &SemaRef; 5716 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5717 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5718 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5719 5720 public: 5721 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5722 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5723 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5724 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5725 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5726 { 5727 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5728 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5729 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5730 } 5731 5732 ~SFINAETrap() { 5733 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5734 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5735 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5736 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5737 } 5738 5739 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5740 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5741 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5742 } 5743 }; 5744 5745 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5746 /// variables. 5747 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5748 5749 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5750 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5751 5752 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5753 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5754 5755 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5756 /// name lookup. 5757 /// 5758 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5759 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5760 /// string represents a keyword. 5761 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5762 5763 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5764 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5765 5766 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5767 /// 5768 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5769 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5770 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5771 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5772 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5773 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5774 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5775 5776 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5777 /// but have not yet been performed. 5778 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5779 5780 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5781 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5782 /// 5783 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5784 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5785 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5786 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5787 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5788 5789 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5790 5791 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5792 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5793 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5794 5795 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5796 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5797 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5798 5799 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5800 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5801 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5802 5803 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5804 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5805 SourceLocation Loc, 5806 DeclarationName Entity, 5807 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5808 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5809 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5810 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5811 int indexAdjustment, 5812 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5813 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5814 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5815 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5816 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5817 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5818 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5819 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5820 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5821 5822 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5823 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5824 /// 5825 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5826 /// 5827 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5828 /// 5829 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5830 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5831 /// 5832 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5833 /// 5834 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5835 /// 5836 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5837 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5838 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5839 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5840 5841 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5842 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5843 5844 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5845 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5846 5847 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5848 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5849 bool CXXDirectInit); 5850 5851 bool 5852 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5853 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5854 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5855 5856 bool 5857 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5858 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5859 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5860 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5861 bool Complain = true); 5862 5863 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5864 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5865 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5866 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5867 5868 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5869 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5870 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5871 Decl *NewDecl; 5872 5873 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5874 Decl *D) 5875 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5876 { } 5877 }; 5878 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5879 5880 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5881 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5882 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 5883 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 5884 5885 bool 5886 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5887 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5888 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5889 bool Complain = true); 5890 5891 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5892 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5893 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5894 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5895 5896 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 5897 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5898 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5899 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5900 5901 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 5902 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 5903 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5904 5905 DeclarationNameInfo 5906 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5907 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5908 TemplateName 5909 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 5910 SourceLocation Loc, 5911 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5912 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 5913 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 5914 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5915 5916 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5917 FunctionDecl *Function); 5918 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5919 FunctionDecl *Function, 5920 bool Recursive = false, 5921 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5922 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 5923 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5924 VarDecl *Var, 5925 bool Recursive = false, 5926 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5927 5928 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 5929 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 5930 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5931 5932 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 5933 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5934 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 5935 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5936 5937 // Objective-C declarations. 5938 enum ObjCContainerKind { 5939 OCK_None = -1, 5940 OCK_Interface = 0, 5941 OCK_Protocol, 5942 OCK_Category, 5943 OCK_ClassExtension, 5944 OCK_Implementation, 5945 OCK_CategoryImplementation 5946 }; 5947 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 5948 5949 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5950 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5951 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5952 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 5953 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 5954 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5955 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5956 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5957 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5958 AttributeList *AttrList); 5959 5960 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 5961 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 5962 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 5963 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 5964 5965 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 5966 IdentifierInfo *PName, 5967 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 5968 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 5969 5970 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 5971 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 5972 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 5973 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5974 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5975 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5976 AttributeList *AttrList); 5977 5978 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5979 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5980 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5981 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 5982 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 5983 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5984 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5985 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5986 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 5987 5988 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 5989 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 5990 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5991 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 5992 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 5993 5994 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 5995 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5996 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5997 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 5998 SourceLocation CatLoc); 5999 6000 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6001 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6002 6003 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6004 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6005 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6006 unsigned NumElts); 6007 6008 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6009 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6010 unsigned NumElts, 6011 AttributeList *attrList); 6012 6013 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6014 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6015 unsigned NumProtocols, 6016 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6017 6018 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6019 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6020 /// be modified to be consistent with \arg PropertyTy. 6021 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6022 SourceLocation Loc, 6023 unsigned &Attributes, 6024 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6025 6026 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6027 /// setters and getters as needed. 6028 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6029 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6030 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6031 /// in class extension. 6032 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6033 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6034 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6035 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6036 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6037 6038 6039 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6040 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6041 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6042 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6043 6044 6045 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6046 6047 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6048 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6049 6050 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6051 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6052 6053 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6054 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6055 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6056 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6057 6058 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6059 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6060 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6061 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6062 bool *OverridingProperty, 6063 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6064 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6065 6066 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6067 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6068 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6069 bool ImplKind, 6070 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6071 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6072 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6073 6074 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6075 OSMK_None, 6076 OSMK_Alloc, 6077 OSMK_New, 6078 OSMK_Copy, 6079 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6080 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6081 }; 6082 6083 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6084 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6085 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6086 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6087 // in this case. 6088 ParsedType Type; 6089 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6090 6091 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6092 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6093 }; 6094 6095 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6096 Scope *S, 6097 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6098 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6099 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6100 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6101 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6102 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6103 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6104 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6105 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6106 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6107 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6108 6109 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6110 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6111 bool IsInstance); 6112 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6113 bool IsInstance); 6114 6115 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6116 6117 ExprResult 6118 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6119 Expr *BaseExpr, 6120 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6121 DeclarationName MemberName, 6122 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6123 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6124 bool Super); 6125 6126 ExprResult 6127 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6128 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6129 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6130 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6131 6132 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6133 6134 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6135 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6136 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6137 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6138 ObjCSuperMessage, 6139 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6140 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6141 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6142 /// name. 6143 ObjCClassMessage 6144 }; 6145 6146 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6147 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6148 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6149 bool IsSuper, 6150 bool HasTrailingDot, 6151 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6152 6153 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6154 Selector Sel, 6155 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6156 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6157 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6158 MultiExprArg Args); 6159 6160 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6161 QualType ReceiverType, 6162 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6163 Selector Sel, 6164 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6165 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6166 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6167 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6168 MultiExprArg Args, 6169 bool isImplicit = false); 6170 6171 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6172 bool isSuperReceiver, 6173 SourceLocation Loc, 6174 Selector Sel, 6175 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6176 MultiExprArg Args); 6177 6178 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6179 ParsedType Receiver, 6180 Selector Sel, 6181 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6182 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6183 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6184 MultiExprArg Args); 6185 6186 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6187 QualType ReceiverType, 6188 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6189 Selector Sel, 6190 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6191 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6192 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6193 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6194 MultiExprArg Args, 6195 bool isImplicit = false); 6196 6197 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6198 QualType ReceiverType, 6199 SourceLocation Loc, 6200 Selector Sel, 6201 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6202 MultiExprArg Args); 6203 6204 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6205 Expr *Receiver, 6206 Selector Sel, 6207 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6208 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6209 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6210 MultiExprArg Args); 6211 6212 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6213 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6214 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6215 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6216 Expr *SubExpr); 6217 6218 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6219 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6220 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6221 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6222 ParsedType Type, 6223 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6224 Expr *SubExpr); 6225 6226 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6227 6228 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6229 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6230 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6231 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6232 bool IsImplementation); 6233 6234 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6235 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6236 RTC_Compatible, 6237 RTC_Incompatible, 6238 RTC_Unknown 6239 }; 6240 6241 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6242 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6243 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6244 6245 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6246 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6247 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6248 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6249 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6250 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6251 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6252 }; 6253 6254 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6255 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6256 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6257 SourceLocation KindLoc); 6258 6259 enum PragmaPackKind { 6260 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6261 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6262 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6263 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6264 }; 6265 6266 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6267 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6268 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6269 }; 6270 6271 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6272 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6273 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6274 Expr *Alignment, 6275 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6276 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6277 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6278 6279 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6280 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6281 6282 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6283 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6284 Scope *curScope, 6285 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6286 6287 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6288 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6289 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6290 6291 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6292 SourceLocation Loc); 6293 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6294 6295 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6296 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6297 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6298 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6299 6300 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6301 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6302 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6303 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6304 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6305 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6306 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6307 6308 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6309 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6310 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6311 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6312 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6313 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6314 6315 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6316 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6317 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6318 6319 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6320 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6321 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6322 6323 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6324 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6325 6326 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6327 void FreePackedContext(); 6328 6329 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6330 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6331 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6332 SourceLocation Loc); 6333 6334 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6335 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6336 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6337 6338 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6339 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6340 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6341 6342 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6343 void FreeVisContext(); 6344 6345 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6346 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6347 /// the appropriate attribute. 6348 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6349 6350 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6351 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6352 bool isDeclSpec); 6353 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6354 bool isDeclSpec); 6355 6356 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6357 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6358 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6359 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6360 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6361 CCK_CStyleCast, 6362 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6363 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6364 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6365 CCK_OtherCast 6366 }; 6367 6368 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6369 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6370 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6371 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6372 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6373 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6374 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6375 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6376 6377 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6378 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6379 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6380 6381 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6382 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6383 /// required. 6384 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6385 6386 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6387 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6388 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6389 6390 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6391 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6392 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6393 6394 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6395 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6396 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6397 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6398 6399 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6400 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6401 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6402 // type. 6403 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6404 6405 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6406 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6407 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6408 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6409 6410 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6411 enum VariadicCallType { 6412 VariadicFunction, 6413 VariadicBlock, 6414 VariadicMethod, 6415 VariadicConstructor, 6416 VariadicDoesNotApply 6417 }; 6418 6419 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6420 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6421 Expr *Fn); 6422 6423 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6424 // vararg function. 6425 enum VarArgKind { 6426 VAK_Valid, 6427 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6428 VAK_Invalid 6429 }; 6430 6431 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6432 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6433 6434 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6435 /// form of call prototypes. 6436 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6437 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6438 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6439 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6440 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6441 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6442 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6443 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6444 6445 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6446 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6447 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6448 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6449 6450 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6451 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6452 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6453 6454 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6455 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6456 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6457 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6458 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6459 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6460 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6461 6462 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6463 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6464 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6465 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6466 /// source and destination type. 6467 enum AssignConvertType { 6468 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6469 Compatible, 6470 6471 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6472 /// accept as an extension. 6473 PointerToInt, 6474 6475 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6476 /// accept as an extension. 6477 IntToPointer, 6478 6479 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6480 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6481 FunctionVoidPointer, 6482 6483 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6484 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6485 IncompatiblePointer, 6486 6487 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6488 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6489 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6490 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6491 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6492 6493 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6494 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6495 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6496 6497 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6498 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6499 /// like address spaces. 6500 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6501 6502 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6503 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6504 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6505 /// extension. 6506 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6507 6508 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6509 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6510 IncompatibleVectors, 6511 6512 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6513 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6514 IntToBlockPointer, 6515 6516 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6517 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6518 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6519 6520 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6521 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6522 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6523 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6524 6525 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6526 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6527 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6528 6529 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6530 /// represent it in the AST. 6531 Incompatible 6532 }; 6533 6534 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6535 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6536 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6537 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6538 SourceLocation Loc, 6539 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6540 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6541 bool *Complained = 0); 6542 6543 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6544 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6545 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6546 Expr *SrcExpr); 6547 6548 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6549 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6550 /// C99 6.5.16. 6551 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6552 QualType LHSType, 6553 QualType RHSType); 6554 6555 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6556 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6557 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6558 ExprResult &RHS, 6559 CastKind &Kind); 6560 6561 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6562 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6563 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6564 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6565 ExprResult &RHS, 6566 bool Diagnose = true); 6567 6568 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6569 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6570 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6571 ExprResult &RHS); 6572 6573 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6574 6575 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6576 6577 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6578 AssignmentAction Action, 6579 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6580 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6581 AssignmentAction Action, 6582 bool AllowExplicit, 6583 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6584 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6585 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6586 AssignmentAction Action, 6587 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6588 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6589 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6590 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6591 AssignmentAction Action, 6592 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6593 6594 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6595 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6596 6597 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6598 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6599 ExprResult &RHS); 6600 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6601 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6602 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6603 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6604 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6605 bool IsDivide); 6606 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6607 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6608 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6609 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6610 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6611 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6612 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6613 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6614 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6615 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6616 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6617 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6618 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6619 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6620 bool isRelational); 6621 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6622 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6623 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6624 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6625 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6626 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6627 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6628 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6629 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6630 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6631 6632 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6633 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6634 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6635 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6636 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6637 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6638 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6639 6640 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6641 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6642 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6643 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6644 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6645 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6646 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6647 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6648 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6649 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6650 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6651 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6652 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6653 NonStandardCompositeType); 6654 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6655 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6656 return Composite; 6657 } 6658 6659 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6660 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6661 6662 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6663 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6664 6665 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6666 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6667 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6668 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6669 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6670 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6671 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6672 SourceLocation Loc); 6673 6674 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6675 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6676 6677 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6678 6679 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6680 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6681 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6682 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6683 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6684 /// reference binding is not possible. 6685 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6686 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6687 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6688 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6689 Ref_Related, 6690 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6691 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6692 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6693 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6694 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6695 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6696 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6697 Ref_Compatible 6698 }; 6699 6700 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6701 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6702 bool &DerivedToBase, 6703 bool &ObjCConversion, 6704 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6705 6706 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6707 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6708 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6709 6710 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6711 /// given type. 6712 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6713 6714 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6715 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6716 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6717 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6718 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6719 CastKind &Kind); 6720 6721 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6722 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6723 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6724 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6725 // returns the cast expr 6726 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6727 CastKind &Kind); 6728 6729 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6730 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6731 Expr *CastExpr, 6732 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6733 6734 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6735 6736 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6737 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6738 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6739 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6740 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6741 6742 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6743 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6744 6745 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6746 QualType ExprType); 6747 6748 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6749 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6750 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6751 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6752 6753 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6754 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6755 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6756 6757 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6758 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6759 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6760 6761 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6762 /// \param Method - May be null. 6763 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6764 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6765 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6766 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6767 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6768 bool isSuperMessage, 6769 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6770 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6771 6772 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6773 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6774 /// and the form of the message send. 6775 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6776 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6777 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6778 6779 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6780 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6781 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6782 6783 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6784 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6785 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6786 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6787 /// 6788 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6789 /// 'if' keyword. 6790 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6791 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6792 6793 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6794 Expr *SubExpr); 6795 6796 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6797 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6798 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6799 6800 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6801 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6802 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6803 6804 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6805 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6806 6807 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6808 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6809 /// the specified diagnostic. 6810 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6811 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6812 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6813 6814 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6815 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6816 /// in the global scope. 6817 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6818 6819 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6820 /// expression violations. 6821 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6822 public: 6823 bool Suppress; 6824 6825 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6826 6827 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6828 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6829 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6830 }; 6831 6832 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6833 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6834 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6835 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6836 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6837 bool AllowFold = true); 6838 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6839 unsigned DiagID, 6840 bool AllowFold = true); 6841 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6842 6843 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6844 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6845 /// Returns false on success. 6846 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6847 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6848 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6849 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6850 6851 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6852 CFT_Device, 6853 CFT_Global, 6854 CFT_Host, 6855 CFT_HostDevice 6856 }; 6857 6858 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6859 6860 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6861 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6862 6863 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6864 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6865 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6866 } 6867 6868 /// \name Code completion 6869 //@{ 6870 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6871 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6872 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6873 PCC_Namespace, 6874 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 6875 PCC_Class, 6876 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 6877 /// or category. 6878 PCC_ObjCInterface, 6879 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 6880 /// category implementation 6881 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 6882 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 6883 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 6884 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 6885 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6886 /// headers. 6887 PCC_Template, 6888 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6889 /// headers within a class. 6890 PCC_MemberTemplate, 6891 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 6892 PCC_Expression, 6893 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 6894 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 6895 PCC_Statement, 6896 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 6897 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 6898 PCC_ForInit, 6899 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 6900 /// while, switch, or for statement. 6901 PCC_Condition, 6902 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 6903 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 6904 /// in the grammar. 6905 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 6906 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 6907 PCC_Type, 6908 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 6909 /// might also be a type cast. 6910 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 6911 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 6912 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 6913 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 6914 }; 6915 6916 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 6917 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 6918 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 6919 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 6920 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 6921 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 6922 6923 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 6924 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 6925 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 6926 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6927 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6928 bool IsArrow); 6929 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 6930 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 6931 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 6932 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 6933 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 6934 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 6935 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 6936 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 6937 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 6938 6939 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6940 bool EnteringContext); 6941 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 6942 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 6943 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 6944 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 6945 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 6946 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 6947 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 6948 unsigned NumInitializers); 6949 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 6950 bool AfterAmpersand); 6951 6952 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 6953 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 6954 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 6955 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 6956 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 6957 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 6958 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 6959 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 6960 bool IsParameter); 6961 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 6962 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6963 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6964 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6965 bool AtArgumentExpression); 6966 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 6967 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6968 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6969 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6970 bool IsSuper = false); 6971 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 6972 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6973 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6974 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6975 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 6976 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 6977 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 6978 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 6979 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6980 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6981 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 6982 unsigned NumProtocols); 6983 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 6984 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 6985 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 6986 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6987 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6988 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 6989 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 6990 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6991 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6992 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 6993 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6994 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6995 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 6996 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 6997 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 6998 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 6999 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7000 ParsedType ReturnType); 7001 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7002 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7003 bool AtParameterName, 7004 ParsedType ReturnType, 7005 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7006 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7007 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7008 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7009 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7010 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7011 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7012 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7013 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7014 unsigned Argument); 7015 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7016 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7017 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7018 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7019 //@} 7020 7021 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7022 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7023 7024public: 7025 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7026 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7027 7028private: 7029 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7030 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7031 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7032 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7033 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7034 // FunctionDeclaration. 7035 struct FormatStringInfo { 7036 unsigned FormatIdx; 7037 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7038 bool HasVAListArg; 7039 }; 7040 7041 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7042 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7043 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7044 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7045 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7046 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7047 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7048 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7049 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7050 Expr **Args, 7051 unsigned NumArgs, 7052 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7053 SourceLocation Loc); 7054 7055 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7056 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7057 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7058 VariadicCallType CallType); 7059 7060 7061 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7062 7063 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7064 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7065 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7066 7067 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7068 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7069 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7070 7071public: 7072 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7073 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7074 7075private: 7076 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7077 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7078 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7079 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7080 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7081 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7082 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7083 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7084 7085 enum FormatStringType { 7086 FST_Scanf, 7087 FST_Printf, 7088 FST_NSString, 7089 FST_Strftime, 7090 FST_Strfmon, 7091 FST_Kprintf, 7092 FST_Unknown 7093 }; 7094 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7095 7096 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7097 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7098 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7099 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7100 }; 7101 7102 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7103 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7104 bool HasVAListArg, 7105 unsigned format_idx, 7106 unsigned firstDataArg, 7107 FormatStringType Type, 7108 VariadicCallType CallType, 7109 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7110 7111 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7112 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7113 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7114 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7115 VariadicCallType CallType); 7116 7117 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7118 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7119 VariadicCallType CallType, 7120 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7121 bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7122 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7123 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7124 VariadicCallType CallType, 7125 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7126 7127 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7128 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7129 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7130 7131 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7132 unsigned BId, 7133 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7134 7135 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7136 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7137 7138 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7139 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7140 7141 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7142 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7143 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7144 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7145 7146 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7147 Expr *Init); 7148 7149 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7150 /// 7151 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7152 Scope *CurScope; 7153 7154protected: 7155 friend class Parser; 7156 friend class InitializationSequence; 7157 friend class ASTReader; 7158 friend class ASTWriter; 7159 7160public: 7161 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7162 /// 7163 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7164 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7165 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7166 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7167 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7168 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7169 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7170 7171 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7172 7173 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7174 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7175 } 7176 7177 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7178}; 7179 7180/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7181class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7182 Sema &Actions; 7183 7184public: 7185 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7186 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7187 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7188 bool IsDecltype = false) 7189 : Actions(Actions) { 7190 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7191 IsDecltype); 7192 } 7193 7194 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7195 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7196 } 7197}; 7198 7199} // end namespace clang 7200 7201#endif 7202